1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 /* 432 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 433 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 434 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 435 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 436 ** 437 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 438 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 439 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 440 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 441 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 442 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 443 */ 444 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 445 struct PagerSavepoint { 446 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 447 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 448 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 449 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 450 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 451 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 452 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 453 #endif 454 }; 455 456 /* 457 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 458 */ 459 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 460 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 461 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 462 463 /* 464 ** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 465 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 466 ** 467 ** eState 468 ** 469 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 470 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 471 ** 472 ** eLock 473 ** 474 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 475 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 476 ** 477 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 478 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 479 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 480 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 481 ** need (and no reason to release them). 482 ** 483 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 484 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 485 ** details. 486 ** 487 ** changeCountDone 488 ** 489 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 490 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 491 ** not updated more often than necessary. 492 ** 493 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 494 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 495 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 496 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 497 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 498 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 499 ** 500 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 501 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 502 ** committed. 503 ** 504 ** setMaster 505 ** 506 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 507 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 508 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 509 ** 510 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 511 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 512 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 513 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 514 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 515 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 516 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 517 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 518 ** 519 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 520 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 521 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 522 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 523 ** 524 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 525 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 526 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 527 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 528 ** 529 ** doNotSpill 530 ** 531 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 532 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 533 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 534 ** 535 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 536 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 537 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 538 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 539 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 540 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 541 ** case is a user preference. 542 ** 543 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from pagerStress() 544 ** is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set 545 ** by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than 546 ** the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening 547 ** in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 548 ** 549 ** subjInMemory 550 ** 551 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 552 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 553 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 554 ** 555 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 556 ** write-transaction is opened. 557 ** 558 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 559 ** 560 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 561 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 562 ** OPEN and ERROR). 563 ** 564 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 565 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 566 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 567 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 568 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 569 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 570 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 571 ** to dbSize==1). 572 ** 573 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 574 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 575 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 576 ** dbSize is updated. 577 ** 578 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 579 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 580 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 581 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 582 ** being modified. 583 ** 584 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 585 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 586 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 587 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 588 ** 589 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 590 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 591 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 592 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 593 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 594 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 595 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 596 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 597 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 598 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 599 ** 600 ** dbHintSize 601 ** 602 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 603 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 604 ** 605 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 606 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 607 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 608 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 609 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 610 ** details. 611 ** 612 ** errCode 613 ** 614 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 615 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 616 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 617 ** sub-codes. 618 */ 619 struct Pager { 620 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 621 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 622 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 623 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 624 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 625 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 626 u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ 627 u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ 628 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 629 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 630 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 631 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 632 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 633 634 /************************************************************************** 635 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 636 ** routine opertion. Class members not in this block are either fixed 637 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 638 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 639 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 640 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 641 ** "configuration" of the pager. 642 */ 643 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 644 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 645 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 646 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 647 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 648 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 649 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 650 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 651 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 652 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 653 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 654 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 655 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 656 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 657 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 658 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 659 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 660 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 661 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 662 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 663 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 664 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 665 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 666 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 667 668 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 669 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 670 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 671 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 672 /* 673 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 674 ***************************************************************************/ 675 676 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 677 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 678 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 679 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 680 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 681 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 682 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 683 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 684 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 685 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 686 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 687 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ 688 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 689 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 690 #endif 691 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 692 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 693 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 694 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 695 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 696 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 697 #endif 698 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 699 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 700 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 701 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 702 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 703 #endif 704 }; 705 706 /* 707 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 708 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 709 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 710 */ 711 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 712 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 713 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 714 715 /* 716 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 717 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 718 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 719 */ 720 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 721 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 722 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 723 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 724 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 725 #else 726 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 727 #endif 728 729 730 731 /* 732 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 733 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 734 ** 735 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 736 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 737 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 738 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 739 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 740 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 741 ** journal and ignore it. 742 ** 743 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 744 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 745 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 746 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 747 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 748 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 749 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 750 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 751 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 752 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 753 */ 754 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 755 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 756 }; 757 758 /* 759 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 760 ** the following macro. 761 */ 762 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 763 764 /* 765 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 766 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 767 */ 768 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 769 770 /* 771 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 772 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 773 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 774 ** out code that would never execute. 775 */ 776 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 777 # define MEMDB 0 778 #else 779 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 780 #endif 781 782 /* 783 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 784 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 785 */ 786 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 787 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 788 #else 789 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 790 #endif 791 792 /* 793 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 794 */ 795 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 796 797 /* 798 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 799 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 800 ** 801 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 802 ** 803 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 804 ** 805 ** instead of 806 ** 807 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 808 */ 809 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods) 810 811 /* 812 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual 813 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false. 814 */ 815 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 816 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ 817 return (pPager->pWal!=0); 818 } 819 #else 820 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 821 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 822 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 823 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 824 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 825 #endif 826 827 #ifndef NDEBUG 828 /* 829 ** Usage: 830 ** 831 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 832 ** 833 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 834 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 835 */ 836 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 837 Pager *pPager = p; 838 839 /* State must be valid. */ 840 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 841 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 842 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 843 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 844 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 845 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 846 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 847 ); 848 849 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 850 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 851 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 852 */ 853 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 854 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 855 856 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 857 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 858 */ 859 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 860 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 861 862 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 863 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 864 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 865 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 866 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 867 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 868 ** state. 869 */ 870 if( MEMDB ){ 871 assert( p->noSync ); 872 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 873 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 874 ); 875 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 876 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 877 } 878 879 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 880 ** on the file. 881 */ 882 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 883 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 884 885 switch( p->eState ){ 886 case PAGER_OPEN: 887 assert( !MEMDB ); 888 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 889 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 890 break; 891 892 case PAGER_READER: 893 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 894 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 895 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 896 break; 897 898 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 899 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 900 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 901 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 902 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 903 } 904 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 905 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 906 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 907 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 908 break; 909 910 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 911 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 912 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 913 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 914 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 915 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 916 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 917 ** to journal_mode=wal. 918 */ 919 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 920 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 921 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 922 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 923 ); 924 } 925 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 926 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 927 break; 928 929 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 930 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 931 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 932 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 933 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 934 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 935 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 936 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 937 ); 938 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 939 break; 940 941 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 942 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 943 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 944 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 945 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 946 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 947 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 948 ); 949 break; 950 951 case PAGER_ERROR: 952 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 953 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 954 ** back to OPEN state. 955 */ 956 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 957 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); 958 break; 959 } 960 961 return 1; 962 } 963 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 964 965 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 966 /* 967 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 968 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 969 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 970 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 971 ** 972 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 973 */ 974 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 975 static char zRet[1024]; 976 977 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 978 "Filename: %s\n" 979 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 980 "Lock: %s\n" 981 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 982 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 983 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 984 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 985 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 986 , p->zFilename 987 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 988 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 989 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 990 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 991 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 992 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 993 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 994 , (int)p->errCode 995 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 996 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 997 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 998 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 999 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1000 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1001 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1002 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1003 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1004 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1005 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1006 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1007 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1008 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1009 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1010 ); 1011 1012 return zRet; 1013 } 1014 #endif 1015 1016 /* 1017 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1018 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1019 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1020 ** 1021 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1022 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1023 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1024 */ 1025 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1026 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1027 PagerSavepoint *p; 1028 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1029 int i; 1030 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1031 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1032 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1033 return 1; 1034 } 1035 } 1036 return 0; 1037 } 1038 1039 /* 1040 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1041 */ 1042 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1043 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1044 } 1045 1046 /* 1047 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1048 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1049 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1050 ** 1051 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1052 */ 1053 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1054 unsigned char ac[4]; 1055 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1056 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1057 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1058 } 1059 return rc; 1060 } 1061 1062 /* 1063 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1064 */ 1065 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1066 1067 1068 /* 1069 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1070 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1071 */ 1072 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1073 char ac[4]; 1074 put32bits(ac, val); 1075 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1076 } 1077 1078 /* 1079 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1080 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1081 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1082 ** 1083 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1084 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1085 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1086 */ 1087 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1088 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1089 1090 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1091 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1092 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1093 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1094 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1095 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1096 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1097 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1098 } 1099 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1100 } 1101 return rc; 1102 } 1103 1104 /* 1105 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1106 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1107 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1108 ** 1109 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1110 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1111 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1112 ** of this. 1113 */ 1114 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1115 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1116 1117 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1118 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1119 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1120 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1121 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1122 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1123 } 1124 } 1125 return rc; 1126 } 1127 1128 /* 1129 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization 1130 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: 1131 ** 1132 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1133 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1134 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1135 ** to the page size. 1136 ** 1137 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is 1138 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory 1139 ** database. 1140 ** 1141 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, 1142 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it 1143 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1144 */ 1145 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1146 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1147 assert( !MEMDB ); 1148 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 1149 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1150 int nSector; /* Sector size */ 1151 int szPage; /* Page size */ 1152 1153 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1154 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1155 nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1156 szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1157 1158 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1159 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1160 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1161 return 0; 1162 } 1163 } 1164 1165 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1166 } 1167 #endif 1168 1169 /* 1170 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1171 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1172 ** and debugging only. 1173 */ 1174 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1175 /* 1176 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1177 */ 1178 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1179 u32 hash = 0; 1180 int i; 1181 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1182 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1183 } 1184 return hash; 1185 } 1186 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1187 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1188 } 1189 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1190 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1191 } 1192 1193 /* 1194 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1195 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1196 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1197 */ 1198 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1199 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1200 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1201 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1202 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1203 } 1204 1205 #else 1206 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1207 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1208 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1209 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1210 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1211 1212 /* 1213 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1214 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1215 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1216 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1217 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1218 ** 1219 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1220 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1221 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1222 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1223 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1224 ** were present in the journal. 1225 ** 1226 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1227 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1228 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1229 ** journal file name. 1230 ** 1231 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1232 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1233 ** 1234 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1235 ** error code is returned. 1236 */ 1237 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1238 int rc; /* Return code */ 1239 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1240 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1241 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1242 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1243 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1244 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1245 1246 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1247 || szJ<16 1248 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1249 || len>=nMaster 1250 || len==0 1251 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1252 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1253 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1254 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1255 ){ 1256 return rc; 1257 } 1258 1259 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1260 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1261 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1262 } 1263 if( cksum ){ 1264 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1265 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1266 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1267 ** master-journal filename. 1268 */ 1269 len = 0; 1270 } 1271 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1272 1273 return SQLITE_OK; 1274 } 1275 1276 /* 1277 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1278 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1279 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1280 ** 1281 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1282 ** 1283 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1284 ** --------------------------------------- 1285 ** 0 0 1286 ** 512 512 1287 ** 100 512 1288 ** 2000 2048 1289 ** 1290 */ 1291 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1292 i64 offset = 0; 1293 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1294 if( c ){ 1295 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1296 } 1297 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1298 assert( offset>=c ); 1299 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1300 return offset; 1301 } 1302 1303 /* 1304 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1305 ** 1306 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1307 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1308 ** 1309 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1310 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1311 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1312 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1313 ** after writing or truncating it. 1314 ** 1315 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1316 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1317 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1318 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1319 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1320 ** 1321 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1322 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1323 */ 1324 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1325 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1326 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1327 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1328 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1329 1330 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1331 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1332 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1333 }else{ 1334 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1335 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1336 } 1337 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1338 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1339 } 1340 1341 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1342 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1343 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1344 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1345 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1346 */ 1347 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1348 i64 sz; 1349 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1350 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1351 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1352 } 1353 } 1354 } 1355 return rc; 1356 } 1357 1358 /* 1359 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1360 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1361 ** current location. 1362 ** 1363 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1364 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1365 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1366 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1367 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1368 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1369 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1370 ** 1371 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1372 */ 1373 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1374 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1375 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1376 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1377 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1378 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1379 1380 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1381 1382 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1383 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1384 } 1385 1386 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1387 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1388 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1389 */ 1390 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1391 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1392 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1393 } 1394 } 1395 1396 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1397 1398 /* 1399 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1400 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1401 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1402 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1403 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1404 ** 1405 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1406 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1407 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1408 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1409 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1410 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1411 ** 1412 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1413 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1414 ** 1415 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1416 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1417 */ 1418 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1419 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1420 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1421 ){ 1422 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1423 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1424 }else{ 1425 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1426 } 1427 1428 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1429 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1430 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1431 /* The initial database size */ 1432 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1433 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1434 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1435 1436 /* The page size */ 1437 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1438 1439 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1440 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1441 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1442 ** take the performance hit. 1443 */ 1444 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1445 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1446 1447 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1448 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1449 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1450 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1451 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1452 ** 1453 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1454 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1455 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1456 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1457 ** is done. 1458 ** 1459 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1460 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1461 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1462 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1463 */ 1464 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1465 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1466 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1467 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1468 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1469 } 1470 1471 return rc; 1472 } 1473 1474 /* 1475 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1476 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1477 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1478 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1479 ** a description of the journal header format. 1480 ** 1481 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1482 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1483 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1484 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1485 ** in this case. 1486 ** 1487 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1488 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1489 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1490 */ 1491 static int readJournalHdr( 1492 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1493 int isHot, 1494 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1495 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1496 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1497 ){ 1498 int rc; /* Return code */ 1499 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1500 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1501 1502 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1503 1504 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1505 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1506 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1507 */ 1508 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1509 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1510 return SQLITE_DONE; 1511 } 1512 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1513 1514 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1515 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1516 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1517 ** proceed. 1518 */ 1519 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1520 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1521 if( rc ){ 1522 return rc; 1523 } 1524 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1525 return SQLITE_DONE; 1526 } 1527 } 1528 1529 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1530 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1531 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1532 */ 1533 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1534 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1535 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1536 ){ 1537 return rc; 1538 } 1539 1540 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1541 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1542 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1543 1544 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1545 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1546 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1547 ){ 1548 return rc; 1549 } 1550 1551 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1552 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1553 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1554 */ 1555 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1556 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1557 } 1558 1559 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1560 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1561 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1562 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1563 */ 1564 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1565 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1566 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1567 ){ 1568 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1569 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1570 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1571 ** the journal file here. 1572 */ 1573 return SQLITE_DONE; 1574 } 1575 1576 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1577 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1578 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1579 */ 1580 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1581 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1582 1583 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1584 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1585 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1586 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1587 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1588 */ 1589 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1590 } 1591 1592 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1593 return rc; 1594 } 1595 1596 1597 /* 1598 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1599 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1600 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1601 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1602 ** anything is written. The format is: 1603 ** 1604 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1605 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1606 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1607 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1608 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1609 ** 1610 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1611 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1612 ** 1613 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1614 ** this call is a no-op. 1615 */ 1616 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1617 int rc; /* Return code */ 1618 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1619 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1620 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1621 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1622 1623 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1624 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1625 1626 if( !zMaster 1627 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1628 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1629 ){ 1630 return SQLITE_OK; 1631 } 1632 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1633 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1634 1635 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1636 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1637 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1638 } 1639 1640 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1641 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1642 ** the journal has already been synced. 1643 */ 1644 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1645 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1646 } 1647 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1648 1649 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1650 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1651 */ 1652 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1653 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1654 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1655 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1656 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1657 ){ 1658 return rc; 1659 } 1660 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1661 1662 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1663 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1664 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1665 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1666 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1667 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1668 ** 1669 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1670 ** file to the required size. 1671 */ 1672 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1673 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1674 ){ 1675 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1676 } 1677 return rc; 1678 } 1679 1680 /* 1681 ** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return 1682 ** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not 1683 ** already in memory. 1684 */ 1685 static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1686 PgHdr *p = 0; /* Return value */ 1687 1688 /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to 1689 ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made. 1690 */ 1691 (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p); 1692 return p; 1693 } 1694 1695 /* 1696 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1697 */ 1698 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1699 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1700 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1701 } 1702 1703 /* 1704 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1705 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1706 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1707 */ 1708 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1709 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1710 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1711 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1712 } 1713 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1714 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1715 } 1716 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1717 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1718 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1719 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1720 } 1721 1722 /* 1723 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1724 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1725 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1726 */ 1727 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1728 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1729 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1730 1731 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1732 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1733 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1734 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1735 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1736 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1737 } 1738 } 1739 return rc; 1740 } 1741 1742 /* 1743 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1744 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1745 ** state. 1746 ** 1747 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1748 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1749 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1750 ** closed (if it is open). 1751 ** 1752 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1753 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1754 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1755 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1756 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1757 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1758 */ 1759 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1760 1761 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1762 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1763 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1764 ); 1765 1766 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1767 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1768 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1769 1770 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1771 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1772 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1773 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1774 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1775 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1776 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1777 1778 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1779 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1780 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1781 ** out from under us. 1782 */ 1783 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1784 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1785 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1786 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1787 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1788 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1789 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1790 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1791 ){ 1792 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1793 } 1794 1795 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1796 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1797 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1798 ** is necessary. 1799 */ 1800 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1801 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1802 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1803 } 1804 1805 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1806 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1807 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1808 */ 1809 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1810 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1811 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1812 } 1813 1814 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1815 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1816 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1817 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1818 */ 1819 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1820 assert( !MEMDB ); 1821 pager_reset(pPager); 1822 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 1823 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1824 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1825 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1826 } 1827 1828 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1829 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1830 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1831 } 1832 1833 /* 1834 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1835 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1836 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1837 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1838 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1839 ** 1840 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1841 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1842 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1843 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1844 ** 1845 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1846 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1847 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1848 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1849 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1850 ** it were a hot-journal). 1851 */ 1852 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1853 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1854 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1855 assert( 1856 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1857 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1858 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1859 ); 1860 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1861 pPager->errCode = rc; 1862 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1863 } 1864 return rc; 1865 } 1866 1867 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1868 1869 /* 1870 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1871 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1872 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1873 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1874 ** database transaction. 1875 ** 1876 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1877 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1878 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1879 ** 1880 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1881 ** 1882 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1883 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1884 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1885 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1886 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1887 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1888 ** 1889 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1890 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1891 ** in-memory journal. 1892 ** 1893 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1894 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1895 ** 1896 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1897 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1898 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1899 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1900 ** 1901 ** journalMode==DELETE 1902 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1903 ** 1904 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1905 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 1906 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 1907 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 1908 ** 1909 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 1910 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 1911 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 1912 ** 1913 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 1914 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 1915 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 1916 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 1917 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 1918 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 1919 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 1920 ** returned. 1921 */ 1922 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 1923 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 1924 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 1925 1926 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 1927 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 1928 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 1929 ** held under two circumstances: 1930 ** 1931 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 1932 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1933 ** 1934 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 1935 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 1936 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 1937 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 1938 */ 1939 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 1940 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1941 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 1942 return SQLITE_OK; 1943 } 1944 1945 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1946 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 1947 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 1948 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1949 1950 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 1951 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){ 1952 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 1953 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1954 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 1955 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1956 rc = SQLITE_OK; 1957 }else{ 1958 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1959 } 1960 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1961 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1962 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 1963 ){ 1964 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster); 1965 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1966 }else{ 1967 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 1968 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 1969 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 1970 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 1971 */ 1972 int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd)); 1973 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 1974 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1975 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 1976 ); 1977 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1978 if( bDelete ){ 1979 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 1980 } 1981 } 1982 } 1983 1984 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1985 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 1986 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 1987 PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1); 1988 if( p ){ 1989 p->pageHash = 0; 1990 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 1991 } 1992 } 1993 #endif 1994 1995 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1996 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1997 pPager->nRec = 0; 1998 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 1999 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2000 2001 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2002 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2003 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2004 ** lock held on the database file. 2005 */ 2006 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2007 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2008 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2009 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2010 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2011 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2012 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2013 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2014 ** required size. */ 2015 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2016 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2017 } 2018 2019 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 2020 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2021 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2022 } 2023 2024 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2025 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2026 ){ 2027 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2028 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2029 } 2030 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2031 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2032 2033 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2034 } 2035 2036 /* 2037 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2038 ** database file. 2039 ** 2040 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2041 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2042 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2043 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2044 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2045 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2046 ** will roll it back. 2047 ** 2048 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2049 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2050 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2051 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2052 */ 2053 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2054 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2055 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2056 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2057 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2058 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2059 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2060 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2061 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2062 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2063 } 2064 } 2065 pager_unlock(pPager); 2066 } 2067 2068 /* 2069 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2070 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2071 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2072 ** 2073 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2074 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2075 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2076 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2077 ** 2078 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2079 ** incompatible journal file format. 2080 ** 2081 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2082 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2083 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2084 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2085 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2086 */ 2087 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2088 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2089 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2090 while( i>0 ){ 2091 cksum += aData[i]; 2092 i -= 200; 2093 } 2094 return cksum; 2095 } 2096 2097 /* 2098 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2099 ** to the codec. 2100 */ 2101 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2102 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2103 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2104 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2105 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2106 } 2107 } 2108 #else 2109 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2110 #endif 2111 2112 /* 2113 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2114 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2115 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2116 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2117 ** 2118 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2119 ** not. 2120 ** 2121 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2122 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2123 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2124 ** 2125 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2126 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2127 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2128 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2129 ** prior to returning. 2130 ** 2131 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2132 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2133 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2134 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2135 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2136 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2137 ** two circumstances: 2138 ** 2139 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2140 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2141 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2142 ** 2143 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2144 ** 2145 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2146 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2147 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2148 */ 2149 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2150 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2151 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2152 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2153 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2154 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2155 ){ 2156 int rc; 2157 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2158 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2159 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2160 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2161 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2162 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2163 2164 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2165 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2166 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2167 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2168 2169 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2170 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2171 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2172 2173 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2174 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2175 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2176 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2177 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2178 */ 2179 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2180 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2181 ); 2182 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2183 2184 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2185 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2186 */ 2187 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2188 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2189 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2190 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2191 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2192 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2193 2194 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2195 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2196 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2197 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2198 */ 2199 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2200 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2201 return SQLITE_DONE; 2202 } 2203 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2204 return SQLITE_OK; 2205 } 2206 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2207 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2208 if( rc ) return rc; 2209 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2210 return SQLITE_DONE; 2211 } 2212 } 2213 2214 /* If this page has already been played by before during the current 2215 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2216 */ 2217 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2218 return rc; 2219 } 2220 2221 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2222 */ 2223 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2224 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2225 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2226 } 2227 2228 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2229 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2230 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2231 ** 2232 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2233 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2234 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2235 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2236 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2237 ** assert()able. 2238 ** 2239 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2240 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2241 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2242 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2243 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2244 ** 2245 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2246 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2247 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2248 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2249 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2250 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2251 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2252 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2253 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2254 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2255 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2256 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2257 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2258 ** 2259 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2260 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2261 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2262 */ 2263 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2264 pPg = 0; 2265 }else{ 2266 pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); 2267 } 2268 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2269 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 ); 2270 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2271 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2272 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2273 )); 2274 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2275 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2276 }else{ 2277 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2278 } 2279 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2280 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2281 && isSynced 2282 ){ 2283 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2284 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2285 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2286 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2287 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2288 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2289 } 2290 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2291 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); 2292 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2293 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData); 2294 } 2295 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2296 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2297 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2298 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2299 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2300 ** current. 2301 ** 2302 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2303 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2304 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2305 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2306 ** 2307 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2308 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2309 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2310 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2311 */ 2312 assert( isSavepnt ); 2313 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2314 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2315 rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2316 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2317 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2318 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2319 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ; 2320 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2321 } 2322 if( pPg ){ 2323 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2324 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2325 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2326 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2327 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2328 */ 2329 void *pData; 2330 pData = pPg->pData; 2331 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2332 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2333 if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){ 2334 /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main 2335 ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the 2336 ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page 2337 ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the 2338 ** database. 2339 ** 2340 ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled 2341 ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an 2342 ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe 2343 ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as 2344 ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is 2345 ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and 2346 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to 2347 ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but 2348 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially 2349 ** be written out into the database file before its journal file 2350 ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this, 2351 ** database corruption may ensue. 2352 */ 2353 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2354 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 2355 } 2356 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2357 2358 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2359 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2360 if( pgno==1 ){ 2361 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2362 } 2363 2364 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2365 CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); 2366 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2367 } 2368 return rc; 2369 } 2370 2371 /* 2372 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2373 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2374 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2375 ** and does so if it is. 2376 ** 2377 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2378 ** available for use within this function. 2379 ** 2380 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2381 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2382 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2383 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2384 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2385 ** 2386 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2387 ** 2388 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2389 ** journals have been rolled back. 2390 ** 2391 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2392 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2393 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2394 ** 2395 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2396 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2397 ** file zMaster 2398 ** 2399 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2400 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2401 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2402 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2403 ** 2404 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2405 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2406 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2407 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2408 ** 2409 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2410 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2411 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2412 ** size. 2413 */ 2414 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2415 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2416 int rc; /* Return code */ 2417 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2418 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2419 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2420 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2421 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2422 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2423 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2424 2425 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2426 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2427 */ 2428 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2429 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2430 if( !pMaster ){ 2431 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 2432 }else{ 2433 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2434 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2435 } 2436 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2437 2438 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2439 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2440 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2441 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2442 */ 2443 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2444 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2445 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2446 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2447 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2448 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 2449 goto delmaster_out; 2450 } 2451 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2452 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2453 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2454 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2455 2456 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2457 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2458 int exists; 2459 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2460 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2461 goto delmaster_out; 2462 } 2463 if( exists ){ 2464 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2465 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2466 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2467 */ 2468 int c; 2469 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2470 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2471 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2472 goto delmaster_out; 2473 } 2474 2475 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2476 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2477 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2478 goto delmaster_out; 2479 } 2480 2481 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2482 if( c ){ 2483 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2484 goto delmaster_out; 2485 } 2486 } 2487 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2488 } 2489 2490 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2491 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2492 2493 delmaster_out: 2494 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2495 if( pMaster ){ 2496 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2497 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2498 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2499 } 2500 return rc; 2501 } 2502 2503 2504 /* 2505 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2506 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2507 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2508 ** 2509 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2510 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2511 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2512 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2513 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2514 ** 2515 ** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2516 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2517 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2518 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2519 ** the end of the new file instead. 2520 ** 2521 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2522 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2523 */ 2524 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2525 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2526 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2527 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2528 2529 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2530 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2531 ){ 2532 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2533 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2534 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2535 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2536 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2537 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2538 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2539 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2540 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2541 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2542 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2543 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2544 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2545 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2546 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2547 } 2548 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2549 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2550 } 2551 } 2552 } 2553 return rc; 2554 } 2555 2556 /* 2557 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2558 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2559 */ 2560 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2561 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2562 if( iRet<32 ){ 2563 iRet = 512; 2564 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2565 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2566 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2567 } 2568 return iRet; 2569 } 2570 2571 /* 2572 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2573 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2574 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used 2575 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2576 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2577 ** 2578 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2579 ** 2580 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2581 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2582 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2583 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2584 ** 2585 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2586 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2587 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2588 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2589 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2590 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2591 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2592 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2593 */ 2594 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2595 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2596 2597 if( pPager->tempFile 2598 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2599 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2600 ){ 2601 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2602 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2603 ** call will segfault. */ 2604 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2605 }else{ 2606 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2607 } 2608 } 2609 2610 /* 2611 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2612 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2613 ** 2614 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2615 ** 2616 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2617 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2618 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2619 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2620 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2621 ** sanity checksum. 2622 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2623 ** database to during a rollback. 2624 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2625 ** is this many bytes in size. 2626 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2627 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2628 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2629 ** + 4 byte page number. 2630 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2631 ** + 4 byte checksum 2632 ** 2633 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2634 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2635 ** 2636 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2637 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2638 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2639 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2640 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2641 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2642 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2643 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2644 ** 2645 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2646 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2647 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2648 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2649 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2650 ** 2651 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2652 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2653 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2654 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2655 ** been encountered. 2656 ** 2657 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2658 ** and an error code is returned. 2659 ** 2660 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2661 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2662 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2663 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2664 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2665 ** needed. 2666 */ 2667 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2668 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2669 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2670 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2671 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2672 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2673 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2674 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2675 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2676 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2677 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2678 2679 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2680 ** the journal is empty. 2681 */ 2682 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2683 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2684 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2685 goto end_playback; 2686 } 2687 2688 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2689 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2690 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2691 ** played back. 2692 ** 2693 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2694 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2695 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2696 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2697 ** for pageSize. 2698 */ 2699 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2700 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2701 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2702 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2703 } 2704 zMaster = 0; 2705 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2706 goto end_playback; 2707 } 2708 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2709 needPagerReset = isHot; 2710 2711 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2712 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2713 ** occurs. 2714 */ 2715 while( 1 ){ 2716 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2717 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2718 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2719 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2720 */ 2721 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2722 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2723 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2724 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2725 } 2726 goto end_playback; 2727 } 2728 2729 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2730 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2731 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2732 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2733 */ 2734 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2735 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2736 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2737 } 2738 2739 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2740 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2741 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2742 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2743 ** size of the file. 2744 ** 2745 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2746 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2747 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2748 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2749 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2750 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2751 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2752 */ 2753 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2754 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2755 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2756 } 2757 2758 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2759 ** database file back to its original size. 2760 */ 2761 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2762 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2763 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2764 goto end_playback; 2765 } 2766 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2767 } 2768 2769 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2770 ** database file and/or page cache. 2771 */ 2772 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2773 if( needPagerReset ){ 2774 pager_reset(pPager); 2775 needPagerReset = 0; 2776 } 2777 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2778 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2779 nPlayback++; 2780 }else{ 2781 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2782 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2783 break; 2784 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2785 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2786 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2787 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2788 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2789 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2790 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2791 goto end_playback; 2792 }else{ 2793 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2794 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2795 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2796 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2797 */ 2798 goto end_playback; 2799 } 2800 } 2801 } 2802 } 2803 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2804 assert( 0 ); 2805 2806 end_playback: 2807 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2808 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2809 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2810 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2811 */ 2812 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2813 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ 2814 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2815 } 2816 #endif 2817 2818 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2819 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2820 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2821 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2822 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2823 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2824 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2825 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2826 */ 2827 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2828 2829 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2830 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2831 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2832 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2833 } 2834 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2835 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2836 ){ 2837 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2838 } 2839 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2840 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2841 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2842 } 2843 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2844 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2845 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 2846 */ 2847 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 2848 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2849 } 2850 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2851 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2852 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2853 } 2854 2855 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2856 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2857 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2858 */ 2859 setSectorSize(pPager); 2860 return rc; 2861 } 2862 2863 2864 /* 2865 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 2866 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 2867 ** file before this function is called. 2868 ** 2869 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 2870 ** the value read from the database file. 2871 ** 2872 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 2873 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2874 */ 2875 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ 2876 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 2877 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ 2878 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 2879 int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ 2880 2881 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 2882 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 2883 2884 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2885 if( iFrame ){ 2886 /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ 2887 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); 2888 }else 2889 #endif 2890 { 2891 i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2892 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); 2893 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2894 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2895 } 2896 } 2897 2898 if( pgno==1 ){ 2899 if( rc ){ 2900 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 2901 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 2902 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 2903 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 2904 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 2905 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 2906 ** 2907 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 2908 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 2909 ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 2910 ** we should still be ok. 2911 */ 2912 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2913 }else{ 2914 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 2915 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2916 } 2917 } 2918 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM); 2919 2920 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 2921 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 2922 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 2923 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 2924 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 2925 2926 return rc; 2927 } 2928 2929 /* 2930 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 2931 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 2932 ** 2933 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 2934 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 2935 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 2936 */ 2937 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 2938 u32 change_counter; 2939 2940 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 2941 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 2942 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 2943 2944 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 2945 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 2946 ** is valid. */ 2947 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 2948 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 2949 } 2950 2951 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2952 /* 2953 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 2954 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 2955 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 2956 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 2957 ** 2958 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 2959 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 2960 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 2961 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 2962 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 2963 */ 2964 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 2965 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2966 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 2967 PgHdr *pPg; 2968 2969 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2970 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 2971 if( pPg ){ 2972 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 2973 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 2974 }else{ 2975 u32 iFrame = 0; 2976 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 2977 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2978 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 2979 } 2980 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2981 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2982 } 2983 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 2984 } 2985 } 2986 2987 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 2988 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 2989 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 2990 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 2991 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 2992 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 2993 ** the backups must be restarted. 2994 */ 2995 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 2996 2997 return rc; 2998 } 2999 3000 /* 3001 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3002 */ 3003 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3004 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3005 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3006 3007 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3008 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3009 ** following: 3010 ** 3011 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3012 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3013 */ 3014 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3015 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3016 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3017 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3018 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3019 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3020 pList = pNext; 3021 } 3022 3023 return rc; 3024 } 3025 3026 /* 3027 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3028 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3029 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3030 ** changed. 3031 ** 3032 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3033 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3034 */ 3035 static int pagerWalFrames( 3036 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3037 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3038 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3039 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3040 ){ 3041 int rc; /* Return code */ 3042 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3043 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) 3044 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3045 #endif 3046 3047 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3048 assert( pList ); 3049 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3050 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3051 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3052 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3053 } 3054 #endif 3055 3056 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3057 if( isCommit ){ 3058 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3059 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3060 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3061 ** list here. */ 3062 PgHdr *p; 3063 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3064 nList = 0; 3065 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3066 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3067 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3068 nList++; 3069 } 3070 } 3071 assert( pList ); 3072 }else{ 3073 nList = 1; 3074 } 3075 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3076 3077 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3078 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3079 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3080 ); 3081 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3082 PgHdr *p; 3083 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3084 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3085 } 3086 } 3087 3088 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3089 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3090 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3091 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3092 } 3093 #endif 3094 3095 return rc; 3096 } 3097 3098 /* 3099 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3100 ** 3101 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3102 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3103 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3104 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3105 */ 3106 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3107 int rc; /* Return code */ 3108 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3109 3110 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3111 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3112 3113 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3114 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3115 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3116 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3117 */ 3118 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3119 3120 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3121 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3122 pager_reset(pPager); 3123 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3124 } 3125 3126 return rc; 3127 } 3128 #endif 3129 3130 /* 3131 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3132 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3133 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3134 ** 3135 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3136 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3137 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3138 */ 3139 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3140 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3141 3142 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3143 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3144 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3145 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3146 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3147 */ 3148 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3149 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3150 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3151 3152 /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system, 3153 ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size 3154 ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size, 3155 ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0 3156 ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page. 3157 */ 3158 if( nPage==0 ){ 3159 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3160 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3161 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3162 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3163 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3164 return rc; 3165 } 3166 } 3167 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3168 } 3169 3170 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3171 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3172 ** that the file can be read. 3173 */ 3174 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3175 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3176 } 3177 3178 *pnPage = nPage; 3179 return SQLITE_OK; 3180 } 3181 3182 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3183 /* 3184 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3185 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3186 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3187 ** 3188 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3189 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3190 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3191 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3192 ** 3193 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3194 ** 3195 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3196 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3197 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3198 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3199 ** other connection. 3200 */ 3201 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3202 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3203 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3204 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3205 3206 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3207 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3208 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3209 3210 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3211 if( rc ) return rc; 3212 if( nPage==0 ){ 3213 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3214 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 3215 isWal = 0; 3216 }else{ 3217 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3218 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3219 ); 3220 } 3221 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3222 if( isWal ){ 3223 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3224 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3225 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3226 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3227 } 3228 } 3229 } 3230 return rc; 3231 } 3232 #endif 3233 3234 /* 3235 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3236 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3237 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3238 ** savepoint. 3239 ** 3240 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3241 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3242 ** performed in the order specified: 3243 ** 3244 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3245 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3246 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3247 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3248 ** 3249 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3250 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3251 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3252 ** 3253 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3254 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3255 ** the journal file. 3256 ** 3257 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3258 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3259 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3260 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3261 ** 3262 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3263 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3264 ** 3265 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3266 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3267 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3268 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3269 */ 3270 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3271 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3272 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3273 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3274 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3275 3276 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3277 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3278 3279 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3280 if( pSavepoint ){ 3281 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3282 if( !pDone ){ 3283 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 3284 } 3285 } 3286 3287 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3288 ** being reverted was opened. 3289 */ 3290 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3291 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3292 3293 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3294 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3295 } 3296 3297 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3298 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3299 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3300 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3301 */ 3302 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3303 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3304 3305 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3306 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3307 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3308 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3309 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3310 ** are played back. 3311 */ 3312 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3313 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3314 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3315 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3316 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3317 } 3318 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3319 }else{ 3320 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3321 } 3322 3323 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3324 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3325 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3326 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3327 */ 3328 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3329 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3330 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3331 u32 dummy; 3332 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3333 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3334 3335 /* 3336 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3337 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3338 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3339 */ 3340 if( nJRec==0 3341 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3342 ){ 3343 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3344 } 3345 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3346 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3347 } 3348 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3349 } 3350 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3351 3352 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3353 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3354 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3355 */ 3356 if( pSavepoint ){ 3357 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3358 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3359 3360 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3361 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3362 } 3363 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3364 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3365 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3366 } 3367 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3368 } 3369 3370 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3371 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3372 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3373 } 3374 3375 return rc; 3376 } 3377 3378 /* 3379 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed. 3380 */ 3381 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3382 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3383 } 3384 3385 /* 3386 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3387 */ 3388 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3389 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3390 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3391 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3392 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3393 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3394 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3395 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3396 } 3397 #endif 3398 } 3399 3400 /* 3401 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3402 */ 3403 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3404 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3405 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3406 } 3407 3408 /* 3409 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3410 */ 3411 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3412 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3413 } 3414 3415 /* 3416 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3417 ** 3418 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3419 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3420 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3421 ** There are three levels: 3422 ** 3423 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3424 ** for temporary and transient files. 3425 ** 3426 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3427 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3428 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3429 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3430 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3431 ** when it is rolled back. 3432 ** 3433 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3434 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3435 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3436 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3437 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3438 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3439 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3440 ** 3441 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3442 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3443 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3444 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3445 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3446 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3447 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3448 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. 3449 ** 3450 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3451 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3452 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3453 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3454 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3455 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3456 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3457 ** 3458 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3459 ** and FULL=3. 3460 */ 3461 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3462 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3463 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3464 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3465 ){ 3466 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3467 assert( level>=1 && level<=3 ); 3468 pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; 3469 pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; 3470 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3471 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3472 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; 3473 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3474 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3475 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3476 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ 3477 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3478 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3479 }else{ 3480 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3481 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3482 } 3483 pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; 3484 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3485 pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 3486 } 3487 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3488 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3489 }else{ 3490 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3491 } 3492 } 3493 #endif 3494 3495 /* 3496 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3497 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3498 ** testing and analysis only. 3499 */ 3500 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3501 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3502 #endif 3503 3504 /* 3505 ** Open a temporary file. 3506 ** 3507 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3508 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3509 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3510 ** 3511 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3512 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3513 ** 3514 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3515 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3516 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3517 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3518 */ 3519 static int pagerOpentemp( 3520 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3521 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3522 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3523 ){ 3524 int rc; /* Return code */ 3525 3526 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3527 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3528 #endif 3529 3530 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3531 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3532 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3533 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3534 return rc; 3535 } 3536 3537 /* 3538 ** Set the busy handler function. 3539 ** 3540 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3541 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3542 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3543 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3544 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3545 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3546 ** 3547 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3548 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3549 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3550 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3551 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3552 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3553 ** 3554 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3555 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3556 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3557 */ 3558 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( 3559 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3560 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3561 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3562 ){ 3563 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3564 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3565 3566 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3567 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3568 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3569 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3570 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3571 } 3572 } 3573 3574 /* 3575 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3576 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3577 ** 3578 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3579 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3580 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3581 ** 3582 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3583 ** 3584 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3585 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3586 ** 3587 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3588 ** 3589 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3590 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3591 ** 3592 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3593 ** 3594 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3595 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3596 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3597 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3598 ** 3599 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3600 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3601 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3602 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3603 */ 3604 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3605 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3606 3607 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3608 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3609 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3610 ** 3611 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3612 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3613 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3614 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3615 */ 3616 3617 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3618 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3619 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3620 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3621 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3622 ){ 3623 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3624 i64 nByte = 0; 3625 3626 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3627 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3628 } 3629 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3630 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); 3631 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 3632 } 3633 3634 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3635 pager_reset(pPager); 3636 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3637 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3638 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3639 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3640 sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3641 } 3642 } 3643 3644 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3645 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3646 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3647 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3648 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3649 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3650 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3651 } 3652 return rc; 3653 } 3654 3655 /* 3656 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3657 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3658 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3659 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3660 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3661 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3662 */ 3663 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3664 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3665 } 3666 3667 /* 3668 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3669 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3670 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3671 ** 3672 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3673 */ 3674 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3675 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3676 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3677 } 3678 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3679 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ 3680 return pPager->mxPgno; 3681 } 3682 3683 /* 3684 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3685 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3686 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3687 ** 3688 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3689 ** and generate no code. 3690 */ 3691 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3692 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3693 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3694 static int saved_cnt; 3695 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3696 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3697 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3698 } 3699 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3700 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3701 } 3702 #else 3703 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3704 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3705 #endif 3706 3707 /* 3708 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3709 ** that pDest points to. 3710 ** 3711 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3712 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3713 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3714 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3715 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3716 ** 3717 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3718 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3719 ** output buffer undefined. 3720 */ 3721 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3722 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3723 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3724 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3725 3726 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3727 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3728 ** to WAL mode yet. 3729 */ 3730 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3731 3732 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3733 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3734 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3735 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3736 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3737 } 3738 } 3739 return rc; 3740 } 3741 3742 /* 3743 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3744 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3745 ** 3746 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3747 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3748 */ 3749 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3750 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3751 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3752 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3753 } 3754 3755 3756 /* 3757 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3758 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3759 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3760 ** 3761 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3762 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3763 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3764 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3765 ** 3766 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3767 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3768 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3769 */ 3770 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3771 int rc; /* Return code */ 3772 3773 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3774 ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler 3775 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3776 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3777 */ 3778 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3779 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3780 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3781 ); 3782 3783 do { 3784 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3785 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3786 return rc; 3787 } 3788 3789 /* 3790 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3791 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3792 ** 3793 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3794 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3795 ** 3796 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3797 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3798 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3799 ** 3800 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3801 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3802 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3803 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3804 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3805 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3806 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3807 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3808 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3809 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3810 */ 3811 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3812 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3813 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3814 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3815 } 3816 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3817 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3818 } 3819 #else 3820 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3821 #endif 3822 3823 /* 3824 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3825 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3826 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3827 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3828 ** 3829 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3830 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3831 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3832 ** then continue writing to the database. 3833 */ 3834 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3835 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 3836 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3837 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3838 3839 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3840 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3841 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3842 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3843 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3844 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3845 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3846 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3847 ** is no longer correct. */ 3848 } 3849 3850 3851 /* 3852 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3853 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 3854 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 3855 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 3856 ** 3857 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 3858 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 3859 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 3860 ** content as this process. 3861 ** 3862 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 3863 ** an SQLite error code. 3864 */ 3865 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 3866 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3867 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 3868 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 3869 } 3870 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3871 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 3872 } 3873 return rc; 3874 } 3875 3876 /* 3877 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 3878 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 3879 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 3880 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 3881 ** *ppPage to zero. 3882 ** 3883 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 3884 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 3885 */ 3886 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 3887 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3888 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 3889 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 3890 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 3891 ){ 3892 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 3893 3894 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 3895 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3896 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 3897 p->pDirty = 0; 3898 memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra); 3899 }else{ 3900 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 3901 if( p==0 ){ 3902 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 3903 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 3904 } 3905 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 3906 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 3907 p->nRef = 1; 3908 p->pPager = pPager; 3909 } 3910 3911 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 3912 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 3913 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 3914 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 3915 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 3916 3917 p->pgno = pgno; 3918 p->pData = pData; 3919 pPager->nMmapOut++; 3920 3921 return SQLITE_OK; 3922 } 3923 3924 /* 3925 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 3926 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 3927 */ 3928 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 3929 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 3930 pPager->nMmapOut--; 3931 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3932 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 3933 3934 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 3935 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 3936 } 3937 3938 /* 3939 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 3940 */ 3941 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 3942 PgHdr *p; 3943 PgHdr *pNext; 3944 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 3945 pNext = p->pDirty; 3946 sqlite3_free(p); 3947 } 3948 } 3949 3950 3951 /* 3952 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 3953 ** 3954 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 3955 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 3956 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 3957 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 3958 ** result in a coredump. 3959 ** 3960 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 3961 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 3962 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 3963 ** to the caller. 3964 */ 3965 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ 3966 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; 3967 3968 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 3969 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 3970 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 3971 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 3972 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 3973 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 3974 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3975 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp); 3976 pPager->pWal = 0; 3977 #endif 3978 pager_reset(pPager); 3979 if( MEMDB ){ 3980 pager_unlock(pPager); 3981 }else{ 3982 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 3983 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 3984 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 3985 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 3986 ** 3987 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 3988 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 3989 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 3990 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 3991 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 3992 */ 3993 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 3994 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 3995 } 3996 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 3997 } 3998 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 3999 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4000 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4001 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4002 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4003 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4004 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4005 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4006 4007 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4008 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4009 #endif 4010 4011 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4012 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4013 4014 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4015 return SQLITE_OK; 4016 } 4017 4018 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4019 /* 4020 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4021 */ 4022 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4023 return pPg->pgno; 4024 } 4025 #endif 4026 4027 /* 4028 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4029 */ 4030 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4031 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4032 } 4033 4034 /* 4035 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4036 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4037 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4038 ** 4039 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4040 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4041 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4042 ** 4043 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4044 ** be taken. 4045 ** 4046 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4047 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4048 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4049 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4050 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4051 ** 4052 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4053 ** journal file is synced. 4054 ** 4055 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4056 ** 4057 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4058 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4059 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4060 ** <update nRec field> 4061 ** } 4062 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4063 ** } 4064 ** 4065 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4066 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4067 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4068 */ 4069 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4070 int rc; /* Return code */ 4071 4072 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4073 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4074 ); 4075 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4076 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4077 4078 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4079 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4080 4081 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4082 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4083 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4084 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4085 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4086 4087 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4088 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4089 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4090 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4091 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4092 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4093 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4094 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4095 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4096 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4097 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4098 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4099 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4100 ** 4101 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4102 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4103 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4104 ** 4105 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4106 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4107 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4108 ** the potential journal header. 4109 */ 4110 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4111 u8 aMagic[8]; 4112 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4113 4114 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4115 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4116 4117 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4118 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4119 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4120 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4121 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4122 } 4123 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4124 return rc; 4125 } 4126 4127 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4128 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4129 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4130 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4131 ** 4132 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4133 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4134 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4135 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4136 ** and never needs to be updated. 4137 */ 4138 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4139 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4140 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4141 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4142 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4143 } 4144 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4145 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4146 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4147 ); 4148 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4149 } 4150 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4151 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4152 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4153 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4154 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4155 ); 4156 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4157 } 4158 4159 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4160 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4161 pPager->nRec = 0; 4162 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4163 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4164 } 4165 }else{ 4166 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4167 } 4168 } 4169 4170 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4171 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4172 ** all pages. 4173 */ 4174 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4175 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4176 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4177 return SQLITE_OK; 4178 } 4179 4180 /* 4181 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4182 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4183 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4184 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4185 ** a no-op. 4186 ** 4187 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4188 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4189 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4190 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4191 ** 4192 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4193 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4194 ** written out. 4195 ** 4196 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4197 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4198 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4199 ** 4200 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4201 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4202 ** 4203 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4204 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4205 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4206 ** the database file. 4207 ** 4208 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4209 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4210 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4211 */ 4212 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4213 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4214 4215 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4216 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4217 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4218 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4219 4220 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4221 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4222 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4223 */ 4224 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4225 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4226 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4227 } 4228 4229 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4230 ** file size will be. 4231 */ 4232 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4233 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4234 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4235 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4236 ){ 4237 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4238 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4239 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4240 } 4241 4242 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4243 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4244 4245 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4246 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4247 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4248 ** any such pages to the file. 4249 ** 4250 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4251 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4252 */ 4253 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4254 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4255 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4256 4257 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4258 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4259 4260 /* Encode the database */ 4261 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData); 4262 4263 /* Write out the page data. */ 4264 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4265 4266 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4267 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4268 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4269 */ 4270 if( pgno==1 ){ 4271 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4272 } 4273 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4274 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4275 } 4276 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4277 4278 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4279 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4280 4281 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4282 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4283 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4284 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4285 }else{ 4286 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4287 } 4288 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4289 pList = pList->pDirty; 4290 } 4291 4292 return rc; 4293 } 4294 4295 /* 4296 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4297 ** function is a no-op. 4298 ** 4299 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4300 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4301 ** fails. 4302 */ 4303 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4304 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4305 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4306 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4307 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd); 4308 }else{ 4309 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); 4310 } 4311 } 4312 return rc; 4313 } 4314 4315 /* 4316 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4317 ** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check 4318 ** that it is really required before calling this function. 4319 ** 4320 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4321 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4322 ** 4323 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4324 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4325 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4326 ** bitvec. 4327 */ 4328 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4329 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4330 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4331 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4332 4333 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4334 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4335 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4336 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4337 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4338 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4339 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4340 ); 4341 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4342 4343 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4344 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4345 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4346 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4347 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4348 char *pData2; 4349 4350 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); 4351 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4352 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4353 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4354 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4355 } 4356 } 4357 } 4358 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4359 pPager->nSubRec++; 4360 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4361 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4362 } 4363 return rc; 4364 } 4365 4366 /* 4367 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4368 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4369 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4370 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4371 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4372 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4373 ** argument. 4374 ** 4375 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4376 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4377 ** journal file. 4378 ** 4379 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4380 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4381 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4382 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4383 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4384 */ 4385 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4386 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4387 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4388 4389 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4390 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4391 4392 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4393 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4394 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4395 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4396 ** 4397 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4398 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4399 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4400 ** 4401 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4402 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementaton it 4403 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1 4404 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4405 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4406 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4407 */ 4408 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4409 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4410 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4411 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4412 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4413 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4414 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4415 ){ 4416 return SQLITE_OK; 4417 } 4418 4419 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4420 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4421 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4422 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4423 rc = subjournalPage(pPg); 4424 } 4425 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4426 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4427 } 4428 }else{ 4429 4430 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4431 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4432 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4433 ){ 4434 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4435 } 4436 4437 /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of 4438 ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal. 4439 ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not 4440 ** actually write data to the file in this case. 4441 ** 4442 ** Consider the following sequence of events: 4443 ** 4444 ** BEGIN; 4445 ** <journal page X> 4446 ** <modify page X> 4447 ** SAVEPOINT sp; 4448 ** <shrink database file to Y pages> 4449 ** pagerStress(page X) 4450 ** ROLLBACK TO sp; 4451 ** 4452 ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written 4453 ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then, 4454 ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read 4455 ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it 4456 ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp" 4457 ** was executed. 4458 ** 4459 ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the 4460 ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will 4461 ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is 4462 ** executed. 4463 */ 4464 if( NEVER( 4465 rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg) 4466 ) ){ 4467 rc = subjournalPage(pPg); 4468 } 4469 4470 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4471 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4472 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4473 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4474 } 4475 } 4476 4477 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4478 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4479 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4480 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4481 } 4482 4483 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4484 } 4485 4486 4487 /* 4488 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4489 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4490 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4491 ** 4492 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4493 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4494 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4495 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4496 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4497 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4498 ** 4499 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4500 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4501 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. 4502 ** 4503 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4504 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4505 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4506 ** 4507 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4508 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4509 ** 4510 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4511 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4512 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4513 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4514 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4515 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4516 */ 4517 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4518 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4519 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4520 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4521 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4522 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4523 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4524 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4525 ){ 4526 u8 *pPtr; 4527 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4528 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4529 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4530 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4531 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4532 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4533 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4534 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4535 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4536 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4537 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4538 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4539 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4540 4541 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4542 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This 4543 ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle 4544 ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle" 4545 ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal 4546 ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see 4547 ** source file journal.c). 4548 */ 4549 if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){ 4550 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4551 }else{ 4552 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize()); 4553 } 4554 4555 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4556 *ppPager = 0; 4557 4558 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4559 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4560 memDb = 1; 4561 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4562 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4563 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4564 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4565 zFilename = 0; 4566 } 4567 } 4568 #endif 4569 4570 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4571 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4572 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4573 */ 4574 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4575 const char *z; 4576 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4577 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4578 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4579 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4580 } 4581 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4582 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4583 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4584 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4585 while( *z ){ 4586 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4587 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4588 } 4589 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4590 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4591 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4592 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4593 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4594 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4595 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4596 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4597 */ 4598 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4599 } 4600 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4601 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4602 return rc; 4603 } 4604 } 4605 4606 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4607 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4608 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4609 ** 4610 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4611 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4612 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4613 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4614 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4615 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4616 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4617 */ 4618 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4619 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4620 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4621 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4622 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4623 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4624 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4625 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4626 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4627 #endif 4628 ); 4629 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4630 if( !pPtr ){ 4631 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4632 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4633 } 4634 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4635 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4636 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4637 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4638 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4639 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4640 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4641 4642 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4643 if( zPathname ){ 4644 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4645 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4646 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4647 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4648 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4649 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4650 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4651 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4652 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4653 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4654 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4655 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4656 #endif 4657 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4658 } 4659 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4660 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4661 4662 /* Open the pager file. 4663 */ 4664 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4665 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4666 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4667 assert( !memDb ); 4668 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4669 4670 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4671 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4672 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4673 ** 4674 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4675 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4676 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4677 */ 4678 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4679 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4680 if( !readOnly ){ 4681 setSectorSize(pPager); 4682 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4683 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4684 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4685 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4686 }else{ 4687 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4688 } 4689 } 4690 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4691 { 4692 int ii; 4693 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4694 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4695 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4696 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4697 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4698 szPageDflt = ii; 4699 } 4700 } 4701 } 4702 #endif 4703 } 4704 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4705 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4706 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4707 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4708 goto act_like_temp_file; 4709 } 4710 } 4711 }else{ 4712 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4713 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4714 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4715 ** 4716 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4717 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4718 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4719 ** 4720 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4721 */ 4722 act_like_temp_file: 4723 tempFile = 1; 4724 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4725 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE locking mode */ 4726 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4727 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4728 } 4729 4730 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4731 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4732 */ 4733 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4734 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4735 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4736 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4737 } 4738 4739 /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the 4740 ** Pager structure and close the file. 4741 */ 4742 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4743 assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace ); 4744 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4745 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4746 return rc; 4747 } 4748 4749 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4750 assert( nExtra<1000 ); 4751 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4752 sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4753 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4754 4755 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4756 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4757 4758 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4759 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4760 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4761 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4762 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4763 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4764 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4765 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4766 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4767 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4768 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4769 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4770 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4771 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4772 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4773 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4774 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4775 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4776 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4777 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4778 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4779 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4780 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4781 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 4782 assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); 4783 }else{ 4784 pPager->fullSync = 1; 4785 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4786 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 4787 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4788 } 4789 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 4790 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 4791 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 4792 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 4793 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 4794 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 4795 setSectorSize(pPager); 4796 if( !useJournal ){ 4797 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 4798 }else if( memDb ){ 4799 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 4800 } 4801 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 4802 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 4803 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 4804 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 4805 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 4806 4807 *ppPager = pPager; 4808 return SQLITE_OK; 4809 } 4810 4811 4812 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4813 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought 4814 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4815 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4816 */ 4817 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4818 int bHasMoved = 0; 4819 int rc; 4820 4821 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4822 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4823 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4824 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4825 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4826 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4827 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4828 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4829 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4830 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4831 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4832 } 4833 return rc; 4834 } 4835 4836 4837 /* 4838 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 4839 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 4840 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 4841 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 4842 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 4843 ** 4844 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 4845 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 4846 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 4847 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 4848 ** 4849 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 4850 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 4851 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 4852 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 4853 ** is returned. 4854 ** 4855 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 4856 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 4857 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 4858 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 4859 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 4860 ** will not roll it back. 4861 ** 4862 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 4863 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 4864 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 4865 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 4866 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 4867 */ 4868 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 4869 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 4870 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4871 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 4872 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 4873 4874 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4875 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4876 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 4877 4878 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 4879 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 4880 )); 4881 4882 *pExists = 0; 4883 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4884 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 4885 } 4886 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 4887 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 4888 4889 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 4890 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 4891 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 4892 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 4893 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 4894 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 4895 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 4896 */ 4897 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 4898 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 4899 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 4900 4901 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 4902 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4903 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 4904 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 4905 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 4906 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 4907 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 4908 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 4909 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 4910 */ 4911 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 4912 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4913 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 4914 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 4915 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 4916 } 4917 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4918 }else{ 4919 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 4920 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 4921 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 4922 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 4923 ** it can be ignored. 4924 */ 4925 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4926 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 4927 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 4928 } 4929 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4930 u8 first = 0; 4931 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 4932 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4933 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4934 } 4935 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4936 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4937 } 4938 *pExists = (first!=0); 4939 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 4940 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 4941 ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 4942 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 4943 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 4944 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 4945 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 4946 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 4947 ** worry so much with race conditions. 4948 */ 4949 *pExists = 1; 4950 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4951 } 4952 } 4953 } 4954 } 4955 } 4956 4957 return rc; 4958 } 4959 4960 /* 4961 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 4962 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function 4963 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 4964 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 4965 ** 4966 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 4967 ** 4968 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 4969 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 4970 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 4971 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 4972 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 4973 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 4974 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 4975 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 4976 ** 4977 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 4978 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 4979 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 4980 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 4981 ** file. 4982 ** 4983 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4984 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 4985 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 4986 */ 4987 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 4988 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4989 4990 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 4991 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 4992 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 4993 ** exclusive access mode. 4994 */ 4995 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 4996 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4997 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 4998 if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; } 4999 5000 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5001 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5002 5003 assert( !MEMDB ); 5004 5005 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5006 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5007 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5008 goto failed; 5009 } 5010 5011 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5012 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5013 */ 5014 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5015 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5016 } 5017 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5018 goto failed; 5019 } 5020 if( bHotJournal ){ 5021 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5022 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5023 goto failed; 5024 } 5025 5026 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5027 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5028 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5029 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5030 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5031 ** hot-journal back. 5032 ** 5033 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5034 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5035 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5036 ** on the database file. 5037 ** 5038 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5039 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5040 */ 5041 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5042 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5043 goto failed; 5044 } 5045 5046 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5047 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5048 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5049 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5050 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5051 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5052 ** 5053 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5054 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5055 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5056 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5057 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5058 */ 5059 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5060 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5061 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5062 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5063 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5064 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5065 int fout = 0; 5066 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5067 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5068 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5069 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5070 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5071 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5072 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5073 } 5074 } 5075 } 5076 5077 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5078 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5079 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5080 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5081 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5082 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5083 ** the journal before playing it back. 5084 */ 5085 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5086 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5087 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5088 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5089 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); 5090 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5091 } 5092 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5093 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5094 } 5095 5096 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5097 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5098 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5099 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5100 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5101 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5102 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5103 ** 5104 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5105 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5106 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5107 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5108 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5109 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5110 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5111 ** references. 5112 */ 5113 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5114 goto failed; 5115 } 5116 5117 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5118 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5119 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5120 ); 5121 } 5122 5123 if( !pPager->tempFile && ( 5124 pPager->pBackup 5125 || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0 5126 || USEFETCH(pPager) 5127 )){ 5128 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file 5129 ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous 5130 ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database 5131 ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the 5132 ** cache. 5133 ** 5134 ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5135 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5136 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5137 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5138 ** a codec is in use. 5139 ** 5140 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5141 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5142 ** it can be neglected. 5143 */ 5144 Pgno nPage = 0; 5145 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5146 5147 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5148 if( rc ) goto failed; 5149 5150 if( nPage>0 ){ 5151 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5152 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5153 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5154 goto failed; 5155 } 5156 }else{ 5157 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5158 } 5159 5160 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5161 pager_reset(pPager); 5162 5163 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5164 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5165 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5166 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5167 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5168 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5169 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5170 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5171 } 5172 } 5173 } 5174 5175 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5176 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5177 */ 5178 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5179 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5180 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5181 #endif 5182 } 5183 5184 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5185 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5186 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5187 } 5188 5189 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5190 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5191 } 5192 5193 failed: 5194 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5195 assert( !MEMDB ); 5196 pager_unlock(pPager); 5197 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5198 }else{ 5199 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5200 } 5201 return rc; 5202 } 5203 5204 /* 5205 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5206 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5207 ** 5208 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5209 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5210 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5211 */ 5212 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5213 if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ 5214 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5215 } 5216 } 5217 5218 /* 5219 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page 5220 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is 5221 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5222 ** 5223 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5224 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5225 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5226 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5227 ** object with no outstanding references. 5228 ** 5229 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5230 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5231 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5232 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5233 ** 5234 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a 5235 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the 5236 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5237 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5238 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5239 ** 5240 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents 5241 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5242 ** 5243 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5244 ** 5245 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5246 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5247 ** from the savepoint journal. 5248 ** 5249 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of 5250 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5251 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5252 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5253 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5254 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5255 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5256 ** 5257 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5258 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5259 ** 5260 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5261 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5262 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5263 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5264 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5265 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5266 ** or journal files. 5267 */ 5268 int sqlite3PagerAcquire( 5269 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5270 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5271 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5272 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5273 ){ 5274 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5275 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5276 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5277 const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT); 5278 5279 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5280 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5281 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5282 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5283 const int bMmapOk = (pgno!=1 && USEFETCH(pPager) 5284 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5285 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5286 && pPager->xCodec==0 5287 #endif 5288 ); 5289 5290 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5291 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5292 assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 ); 5293 5294 if( pgno==0 ){ 5295 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5296 } 5297 5298 /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 5299 ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */ 5300 if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5301 rc = pPager->errCode; 5302 }else{ 5303 5304 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5305 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5306 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5307 } 5308 5309 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5310 void *pData = 0; 5311 5312 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5313 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5314 ); 5315 5316 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5317 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){ 5318 (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg); 5319 } 5320 if( pPg==0 ){ 5321 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5322 }else{ 5323 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5324 } 5325 if( pPg ){ 5326 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5327 *ppPage = pPg; 5328 return SQLITE_OK; 5329 } 5330 } 5331 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5332 goto pager_acquire_err; 5333 } 5334 } 5335 5336 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage); 5337 } 5338 5339 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5340 /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the 5341 ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called. 5342 ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */ 5343 pPg = 0; 5344 goto pager_acquire_err; 5345 } 5346 assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno ); 5347 assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 ); 5348 5349 if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){ 5350 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5351 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5352 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5353 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5354 return SQLITE_OK; 5355 5356 }else{ 5357 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5358 ** be initialized. */ 5359 5360 pPg = *ppPage; 5361 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5362 5363 /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page 5364 ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */ 5365 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5366 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5367 goto pager_acquire_err; 5368 } 5369 5370 if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 5371 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5372 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5373 goto pager_acquire_err; 5374 } 5375 if( noContent ){ 5376 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5377 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5378 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5379 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5380 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5381 */ 5382 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5383 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5384 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5385 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5386 } 5387 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5388 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5389 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5390 } 5391 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5392 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5393 }else{ 5394 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){ 5395 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5396 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5397 } 5398 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5399 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5400 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 5401 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5402 goto pager_acquire_err; 5403 } 5404 } 5405 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5406 } 5407 5408 return SQLITE_OK; 5409 5410 pager_acquire_err: 5411 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5412 if( pPg ){ 5413 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5414 } 5415 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5416 5417 *ppPage = 0; 5418 return rc; 5419 } 5420 5421 /* 5422 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5423 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5424 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5425 ** 5426 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5427 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5428 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5429 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5430 ** has ever happened. 5431 */ 5432 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5433 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5434 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5435 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5436 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5437 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 5438 sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg); 5439 return pPg; 5440 } 5441 5442 /* 5443 ** Release a page reference. 5444 ** 5445 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the 5446 ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages 5447 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is 5448 ** removed. 5449 */ 5450 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5451 Pager *pPager; 5452 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5453 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5454 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5455 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5456 }else{ 5457 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5458 } 5459 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5460 } 5461 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5462 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5463 } 5464 5465 /* 5466 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5467 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5468 ** file when this routine is called. 5469 ** 5470 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5471 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5472 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5473 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5474 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5475 ** 5476 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5477 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5478 ** already open file. 5479 ** 5480 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5481 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5482 ** 5483 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5484 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5485 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5486 */ 5487 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5488 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5489 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5490 5491 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5492 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5493 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5494 5495 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5496 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5497 ** an error state. */ 5498 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5499 5500 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5501 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5502 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5503 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 5504 } 5505 5506 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5507 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5508 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5509 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5510 }else{ 5511 const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */ 5512 SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| 5513 (pPager->tempFile ? 5514 (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL): 5515 (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) 5516 ); 5517 5518 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5519 ** it was originally opened. */ 5520 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5521 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5522 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 5523 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( 5524 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 5525 ); 5526 #else 5527 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); 5528 #endif 5529 } 5530 } 5531 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5532 } 5533 5534 5535 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5536 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5537 */ 5538 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5539 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5540 pPager->nRec = 0; 5541 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5542 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5543 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5544 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5545 } 5546 } 5547 5548 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5549 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5550 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5551 }else{ 5552 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5553 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5554 } 5555 5556 return rc; 5557 } 5558 5559 /* 5560 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5561 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5562 ** 5563 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5564 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5565 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5566 ** functions need be called. 5567 ** 5568 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5569 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5570 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5571 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5572 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5573 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5574 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5575 */ 5576 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5577 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5578 5579 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5580 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5581 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5582 5583 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5584 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5585 5586 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5587 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5588 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5589 */ 5590 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5591 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5592 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5593 return rc; 5594 } 5595 sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5596 } 5597 5598 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5599 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5600 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5601 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5602 */ 5603 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5604 }else{ 5605 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5606 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5607 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5608 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5609 */ 5610 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5611 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5612 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5613 } 5614 } 5615 5616 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5617 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5618 ** 5619 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5620 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5621 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5622 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5623 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5624 ** WAL mode. 5625 */ 5626 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5627 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5628 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5629 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5630 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5631 } 5632 5633 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5634 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5635 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5636 } 5637 5638 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5639 return rc; 5640 } 5641 5642 /* 5643 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5644 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5645 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5646 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5647 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5648 */ 5649 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5650 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5651 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5652 int inJournal; 5653 5654 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5655 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5656 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5657 */ 5658 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5659 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5660 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5661 ); 5662 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5663 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5664 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5665 5666 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5667 5668 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5669 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5670 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5671 ** 5672 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5673 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5674 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5675 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5676 */ 5677 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5678 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5679 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5680 } 5681 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5682 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5683 5684 /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written 5685 ** to the journal then we can return right away. 5686 */ 5687 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5688 inJournal = pageInJournal(pPager, pPg); 5689 if( inJournal && (pPager->nSavepoint==0 || !subjRequiresPage(pPg)) ){ 5690 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 5691 }else{ 5692 5693 /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an 5694 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to 5695 ** the transaction journal if it is not there already. 5696 */ 5697 if( !inJournal && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5698 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 5699 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5700 u32 cksum; 5701 char *pData2; 5702 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5703 5704 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5705 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5706 ** that we do not. */ 5707 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5708 5709 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5710 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); 5711 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5712 5713 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5714 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5715 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5716 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5717 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5718 ** then corruption may follow. 5719 */ 5720 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5721 5722 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5723 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5724 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5725 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5726 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5727 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5728 5729 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5730 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5731 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5732 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5733 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5734 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5735 5736 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5737 pPager->nRec++; 5738 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5739 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5740 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5741 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5742 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5743 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5744 assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5745 return rc; 5746 } 5747 }else{ 5748 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 5749 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5750 } 5751 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 5752 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5753 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 5754 } 5755 } 5756 5757 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 5758 ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that 5759 ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format 5760 ** in that it omits the checksums and the header. 5761 */ 5762 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 && subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 5763 rc = subjournalPage(pPg); 5764 } 5765 } 5766 5767 /* Update the database size and return. 5768 */ 5769 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 5770 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 5771 } 5772 return rc; 5773 } 5774 5775 /* 5776 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 5777 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 5778 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 5779 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 5780 ** 5781 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 5782 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 5783 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 5784 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 5785 ** 5786 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 5787 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 5788 */ 5789 int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ 5790 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5791 5792 PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage; 5793 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5794 5795 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 5796 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5797 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 5798 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5799 5800 if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 5801 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 5802 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 5803 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 5804 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 5805 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 5806 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 5807 5808 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 5809 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 5810 ** this function. 5811 */ 5812 assert( !MEMDB ); 5813 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 5814 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5815 5816 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 5817 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 5818 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 5819 */ 5820 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 5821 5822 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 5823 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 5824 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 5825 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 5826 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 5827 }else{ 5828 nPage = nPagePerSector; 5829 } 5830 assert(nPage>0); 5831 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 5832 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 5833 5834 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 5835 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 5836 PgHdr *pPage; 5837 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 5838 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5839 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage); 5840 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5841 rc = pager_write(pPage); 5842 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5843 needSync = 1; 5844 } 5845 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5846 } 5847 } 5848 }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 5849 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5850 needSync = 1; 5851 } 5852 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5853 } 5854 } 5855 5856 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 5857 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 5858 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 5859 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 5860 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 5861 */ 5862 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 5863 assert( !MEMDB ); 5864 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 5865 PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 5866 if( pPage ){ 5867 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5868 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5869 } 5870 } 5871 } 5872 5873 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 5874 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5875 }else{ 5876 rc = pager_write(pDbPage); 5877 } 5878 return rc; 5879 } 5880 5881 /* 5882 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 5883 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 5884 ** to change the content of the page. 5885 */ 5886 #ifndef NDEBUG 5887 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 5888 return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY; 5889 } 5890 #endif 5891 5892 /* 5893 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 5894 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 5895 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 5896 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 5897 ** content no longer matters. 5898 ** 5899 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 5900 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 5901 ** that it does not get written to disk. 5902 ** 5903 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 5904 ** DELETE operations. 5905 */ 5906 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 5907 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5908 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 5909 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 5910 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 5911 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 5912 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5913 } 5914 } 5915 5916 /* 5917 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 5918 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 5919 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 5920 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 5921 ** 5922 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 5923 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 5924 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 5925 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 5926 ** 5927 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 5928 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 5929 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 5930 ** transaction is committed. 5931 ** 5932 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 5933 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 5934 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 5935 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 5936 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 5937 */ 5938 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 5939 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5940 5941 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5942 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5943 ); 5944 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5945 5946 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 5947 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 5948 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 5949 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 5950 ** 5951 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 5952 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 5953 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 5954 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 5955 */ 5956 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 5957 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 5958 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 5959 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 5960 #else 5961 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 5962 #endif 5963 5964 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 5965 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 5966 5967 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 5968 5969 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 5970 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr); 5971 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5972 5973 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 5974 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 5975 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 5976 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 5977 */ 5978 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 5979 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 5980 } 5981 5982 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5983 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 5984 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 5985 5986 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 5987 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 5988 const void *zBuf; 5989 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 5990 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf); 5991 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5992 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 5993 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 5994 } 5995 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5996 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 5997 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 5998 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 5999 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6000 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6001 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6002 } 6003 }else{ 6004 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6005 } 6006 } 6007 6008 /* Release the page reference. */ 6009 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6010 } 6011 return rc; 6012 } 6013 6014 /* 6015 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6016 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6017 ** 6018 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6019 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6020 */ 6021 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6022 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6023 6024 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 6025 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6026 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6027 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6028 } 6029 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6030 assert( !MEMDB ); 6031 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6032 } 6033 return rc; 6034 } 6035 6036 /* 6037 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6038 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6039 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6040 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6041 ** 6042 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6043 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6044 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6045 ** returned. 6046 */ 6047 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6048 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6049 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6050 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6051 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6052 ); 6053 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6054 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6055 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6056 } 6057 return rc; 6058 } 6059 6060 /* 6061 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6062 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6063 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6064 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6065 ** 6066 ** This routine ensures that: 6067 ** 6068 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6069 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6070 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6071 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6072 ** * the database file synced. 6073 ** 6074 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6075 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6076 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6077 ** 6078 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6079 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6080 ** 6081 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6082 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6083 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6084 ** journal file in this case. 6085 */ 6086 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6087 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6088 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6089 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6090 ){ 6091 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6092 6093 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6094 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6095 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6096 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6097 ); 6098 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6099 6100 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6101 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6102 6103 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6104 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6105 6106 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6107 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6108 6109 if( MEMDB ){ 6110 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6111 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6112 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. 6113 */ 6114 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6115 }else{ 6116 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6117 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6118 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6119 if( pList==0 ){ 6120 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6121 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6122 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne); 6123 pList = pPageOne; 6124 pList->pDirty = 0; 6125 } 6126 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6127 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6128 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6129 } 6130 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6131 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6132 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6133 } 6134 }else{ 6135 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6136 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6137 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6138 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6139 ** 6140 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6141 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6142 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6143 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6144 ** 6145 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6146 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6147 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6148 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6149 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6150 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6151 ** mode. 6152 ** 6153 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6154 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6155 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6156 ** created for this transaction. 6157 */ 6158 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6159 PgHdr *pPg; 6160 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6161 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6162 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6163 ); 6164 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6165 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6166 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6167 && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6168 ){ 6169 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6170 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6171 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6172 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6173 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6174 */ 6175 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6176 }else{ 6177 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6178 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6179 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6180 } 6181 } 6182 #else 6183 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6184 #endif 6185 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6186 6187 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6188 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6189 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6190 */ 6191 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6192 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6193 6194 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6195 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6196 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6197 ** 6198 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6199 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6200 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6201 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6202 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6203 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6204 */ 6205 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6206 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6207 6208 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); 6209 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6210 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6211 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6212 } 6213 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6214 6215 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6216 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6217 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6218 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6219 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6220 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6221 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6222 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6223 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6224 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6225 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6226 } 6227 6228 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6229 if( !noSync ){ 6230 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6231 } 6232 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6233 } 6234 } 6235 6236 commit_phase_one_exit: 6237 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6238 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6239 } 6240 return rc; 6241 } 6242 6243 6244 /* 6245 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6246 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6247 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6248 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6249 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6250 ** 6251 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6252 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6253 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6254 ** irrevocably committed. 6255 ** 6256 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6257 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6258 */ 6259 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6260 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6261 6262 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6263 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6264 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6265 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6266 6267 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6268 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6269 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6270 ); 6271 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6272 6273 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6274 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6275 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6276 ** 6277 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6278 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6279 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6280 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6281 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6282 ** to drop any locks either. 6283 */ 6284 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6285 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6286 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6287 ){ 6288 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6289 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6290 return SQLITE_OK; 6291 } 6292 6293 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6294 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6295 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6296 } 6297 6298 /* 6299 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6300 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6301 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6302 ** state if an error occurs. 6303 ** 6304 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6305 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6306 ** 6307 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6308 ** 6309 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6310 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6311 ** was opened, and 6312 ** 6313 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6314 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6315 ** 6316 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6317 ** rollback is successful. 6318 ** 6319 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6320 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6321 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6322 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6323 */ 6324 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6325 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6326 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6327 6328 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6329 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6330 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6331 */ 6332 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6333 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6334 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6335 6336 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6337 int rc2; 6338 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6339 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6340 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6341 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6342 int eState = pPager->eState; 6343 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6344 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6345 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6346 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6347 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6348 */ 6349 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6350 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6351 return rc; 6352 } 6353 }else{ 6354 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6355 } 6356 6357 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6358 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6359 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6360 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6361 ); 6362 6363 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6364 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6365 */ 6366 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6367 } 6368 6369 /* 6370 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6371 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6372 */ 6373 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6374 return pPager->readOnly; 6375 } 6376 6377 /* 6378 ** Return the number of references to the pager. 6379 */ 6380 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6381 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6382 } 6383 6384 /* 6385 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6386 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6387 */ 6388 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6389 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6390 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6391 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6392 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6393 + pPager->pageSize; 6394 } 6395 6396 /* 6397 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6398 */ 6399 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6400 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6401 } 6402 6403 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6404 /* 6405 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6406 */ 6407 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6408 static int a[11]; 6409 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6410 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6411 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6412 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6413 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6414 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6415 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6416 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6417 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6418 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6419 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6420 return a; 6421 } 6422 #endif 6423 6424 /* 6425 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or 6426 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6427 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6428 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6429 ** returning. 6430 */ 6431 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6432 6433 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6434 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6435 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6436 ); 6437 6438 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6439 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6440 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); 6441 6442 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; 6443 if( reset ){ 6444 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; 6445 } 6446 } 6447 6448 /* 6449 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager. 6450 */ 6451 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6452 return MEMDB; 6453 } 6454 6455 /* 6456 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6457 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6458 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6459 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6460 ** 6461 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6462 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6463 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6464 */ 6465 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6466 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6467 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6468 6469 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6470 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6471 6472 if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){ 6473 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6474 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6475 6476 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6477 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6478 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6479 */ 6480 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6481 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6482 ); 6483 if( !aNew ){ 6484 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 6485 } 6486 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6487 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6488 6489 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6490 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6491 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6492 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6493 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6494 }else{ 6495 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6496 } 6497 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6498 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6499 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6500 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 6501 } 6502 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6503 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6504 } 6505 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6506 } 6507 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6508 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6509 } 6510 6511 return rc; 6512 } 6513 6514 /* 6515 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6516 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6517 ** created savepoint. 6518 ** 6519 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6520 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6521 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6522 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6523 ** 6524 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6525 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6526 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6527 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6528 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6529 ** 6530 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6531 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6532 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6533 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6534 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6535 ** 6536 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6537 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6538 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6539 ** 6540 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6541 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6542 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6543 */ 6544 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6545 int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */ 6546 6547 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6548 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6549 6550 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6551 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6552 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6553 6554 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6555 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6556 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6557 */ 6558 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6559 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6560 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6561 } 6562 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6563 6564 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6565 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6566 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6567 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6568 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6569 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6570 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6571 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6572 } 6573 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6574 } 6575 } 6576 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6577 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6578 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6579 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6580 */ 6581 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6582 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6583 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6584 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6585 } 6586 } 6587 6588 return rc; 6589 } 6590 6591 /* 6592 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6593 ** 6594 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6595 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6596 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6597 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6598 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6599 ** participate in shared-cache. 6600 */ 6601 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6602 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6603 } 6604 6605 /* 6606 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6607 */ 6608 const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6609 return pPager->pVfs; 6610 } 6611 6612 /* 6613 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 6614 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 6615 ** not yet been opened. 6616 */ 6617 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 6618 return pPager->fd; 6619 } 6620 6621 /* 6622 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 6623 */ 6624 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 6625 return pPager->zJournal; 6626 } 6627 6628 /* 6629 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE 6630 ** if fsync()s are executed normally. 6631 */ 6632 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ 6633 return pPager->noSync; 6634 } 6635 6636 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6637 /* 6638 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 6639 */ 6640 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 6641 Pager *pPager, 6642 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 6643 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 6644 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 6645 void *pCodec 6646 ){ 6647 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 6648 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 6649 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 6650 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 6651 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 6652 pagerReportSize(pPager); 6653 } 6654 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 6655 return pPager->pCodec; 6656 } 6657 6658 /* 6659 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 6660 ** into the log file. 6661 ** 6662 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 6663 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 6664 */ 6665 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 6666 void *aData = 0; 6667 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 6668 return aData; 6669 } 6670 6671 /* 6672 ** Return the current pager state 6673 */ 6674 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 6675 return pPager->eState; 6676 } 6677 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 6678 6679 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 6680 /* 6681 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 6682 ** 6683 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 6684 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 6685 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 6686 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 6687 ** 6688 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 6689 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 6690 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 6691 ** 6692 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 6693 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 6694 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 6695 ** transaction is active). 6696 ** 6697 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 6698 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 6699 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 6700 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 6701 ** 6702 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 6703 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 6704 */ 6705 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 6706 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 6707 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 6708 int rc; /* Return code */ 6709 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 6710 6711 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 6712 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6713 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6714 ); 6715 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6716 6717 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 6718 ** the page we are moving from. 6719 */ 6720 if( MEMDB ){ 6721 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 6722 if( rc ) return rc; 6723 } 6724 6725 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 6726 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 6727 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 6728 ** 6729 ** BEGIN; 6730 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 6731 ** SAVEPOINT one; 6732 ** <Move page X to location Y> 6733 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 6734 ** 6735 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 6736 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 6737 ** statement were is processed. 6738 ** 6739 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 6740 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 6741 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 6742 */ 6743 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY 6744 && subjRequiresPage(pPg) 6745 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg)) 6746 ){ 6747 return rc; 6748 } 6749 6750 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 6751 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 6752 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 6753 6754 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 6755 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 6756 ** 6757 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 6758 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 6759 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 6760 */ 6761 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 6762 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 6763 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 6764 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 6765 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 6766 } 6767 6768 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 6769 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 6770 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 6771 ** for the page moved there. 6772 */ 6773 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6774 pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); 6775 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); 6776 if( pPgOld ){ 6777 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 6778 if( MEMDB ){ 6779 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 6780 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 6781 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 6782 }else{ 6783 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 6784 } 6785 } 6786 6787 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 6788 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 6789 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 6790 6791 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 6792 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 6793 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 6794 */ 6795 if( MEMDB ){ 6796 assert( pPgOld ); 6797 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 6798 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 6799 } 6800 6801 if( needSyncPgno ){ 6802 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 6803 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 6804 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 6805 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 6806 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 6807 ** flag. 6808 ** 6809 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 6810 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 6811 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 6812 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 6813 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 6814 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 6815 */ 6816 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 6817 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr); 6818 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6819 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 6820 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 6821 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 6822 } 6823 return rc; 6824 } 6825 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6826 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 6827 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 6828 } 6829 6830 return SQLITE_OK; 6831 } 6832 #endif 6833 6834 /* 6835 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 6836 */ 6837 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 6838 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 6839 return pPg->pData; 6840 } 6841 6842 /* 6843 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 6844 ** allocated along with the specified page. 6845 */ 6846 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 6847 return pPg->pExtra; 6848 } 6849 6850 /* 6851 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 6852 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 6853 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 6854 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 6855 ** 6856 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 6857 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 6858 ** locking-mode. 6859 */ 6860 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 6861 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 6862 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 6863 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 6864 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 6865 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 6866 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 6867 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 6868 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 6869 } 6870 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 6871 } 6872 6873 /* 6874 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 6875 ** 6876 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 6877 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 6878 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6879 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6880 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 6881 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6882 ** 6883 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 6884 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 6885 ** 6886 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 6887 ** or _MEMORY. 6888 ** 6889 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 6890 ** 6891 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 6892 */ 6893 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 6894 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 6895 6896 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6897 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger 6898 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ 6899 print_pager_state(pPager); 6900 #endif 6901 6902 6903 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 6904 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 6905 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 6906 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6907 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6908 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6909 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 6910 6911 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 6912 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 6913 ** to WAL mode. 6914 */ 6915 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 6916 6917 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 6918 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 6919 */ 6920 if( MEMDB ){ 6921 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 6922 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 6923 eMode = eOld; 6924 } 6925 } 6926 6927 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 6928 6929 /* Change the journal mode. */ 6930 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 6931 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 6932 6933 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 6934 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 6935 ** delete the journal file. 6936 */ 6937 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 6938 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 6939 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 6940 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 6941 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 6942 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 6943 6944 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 6945 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 6946 6947 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 6948 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 6949 ** here is an optimization only. 6950 ** 6951 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 6952 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 6953 ** while it is in use by some other client. 6954 */ 6955 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6956 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 6957 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 6958 }else{ 6959 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6960 int state = pPager->eState; 6961 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 6962 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 6963 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 6964 } 6965 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 6966 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6967 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 6968 } 6969 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6970 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 6971 } 6972 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 6973 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 6974 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 6975 pager_unlock(pPager); 6976 } 6977 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 6978 } 6979 } 6980 } 6981 6982 /* Return the new journal mode */ 6983 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 6984 } 6985 6986 /* 6987 ** Return the current journal mode. 6988 */ 6989 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 6990 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 6991 } 6992 6993 /* 6994 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 6995 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 6996 ** is unmodified. 6997 */ 6998 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 6999 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7000 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7001 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7002 return 1; 7003 } 7004 7005 /* 7006 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7007 ** 7008 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7009 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7010 */ 7011 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7012 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7013 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7014 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7015 } 7016 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7017 } 7018 7019 /* 7020 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7021 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7022 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7023 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7024 */ 7025 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7026 return &pPager->pBackup; 7027 } 7028 7029 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7030 /* 7031 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7032 */ 7033 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7034 if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7035 } 7036 #endif 7037 7038 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7039 /* 7040 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7041 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7042 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7043 ** 7044 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7045 */ 7046 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ 7047 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7048 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7049 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode, 7050 pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7051 pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7052 pnLog, pnCkpt 7053 ); 7054 } 7055 return rc; 7056 } 7057 7058 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7059 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7060 } 7061 7062 /* 7063 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7064 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7065 */ 7066 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7067 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7068 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7069 } 7070 7071 /* 7072 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7073 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7074 */ 7075 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7076 int rc; /* Return code */ 7077 7078 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7079 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7080 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7081 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7082 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7083 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7084 } 7085 7086 return rc; 7087 } 7088 7089 /* 7090 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7091 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7092 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7093 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7094 */ 7095 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7096 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7097 7098 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7099 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7100 7101 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7102 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7103 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7104 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7105 */ 7106 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7107 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7108 } 7109 7110 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7111 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7112 */ 7113 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7114 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7115 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7116 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7117 ); 7118 } 7119 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7120 7121 return rc; 7122 } 7123 7124 7125 /* 7126 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7127 ** this function. 7128 ** 7129 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7130 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7131 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7132 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7133 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7134 ** not modified in either case. 7135 ** 7136 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7137 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7138 ** without doing anything. 7139 */ 7140 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7141 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7142 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7143 ){ 7144 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7145 7146 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7147 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7148 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7149 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7150 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7151 7152 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7153 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7154 7155 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7156 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7157 7158 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7159 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7160 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7161 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7162 } 7163 }else{ 7164 *pbOpen = 1; 7165 } 7166 7167 return rc; 7168 } 7169 7170 /* 7171 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7172 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7173 ** 7174 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7175 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7176 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7177 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7178 */ 7179 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){ 7180 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7181 7182 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7183 7184 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7185 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7186 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7187 */ 7188 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7189 int logexists = 0; 7190 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7191 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7192 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7193 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7194 ); 7195 } 7196 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7197 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7198 } 7199 } 7200 7201 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7202 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7203 */ 7204 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7205 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7206 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7207 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, 7208 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7209 pPager->pWal = 0; 7210 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7211 } 7212 } 7213 return rc; 7214 } 7215 7216 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7217 7218 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7219 /* 7220 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7221 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7222 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7223 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7224 ** is empty, return 0. 7225 */ 7226 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7227 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 7228 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7229 } 7230 #endif 7231 7232 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7233